]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
Merge pull request #5406 from poettering/v233-prep
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
2bcc3309
FB
3CHANGES WITH 233 in spe
4
d08ee7cb
LP
5 [ LIST FAR FROM COMPLETE YET ]
6
fb7c4eff
MG
7 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
8 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
10
5cfc0a84
LP
11 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
12 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
13 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
14 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
15
2bcc3309
FB
16 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
17 following choices:
18
b0eb2944 19 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 20 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 21 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 22 (h)elp
eedf223a 23 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 24 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
25 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
26 (y)es, execute the command
27
28 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
29 because its meaning was confusing.
30
d08ee7cb
LP
31 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
32 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
33
8e458bfe
JW
34 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
35 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
36 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
37
d08ee7cb
LP
38 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquire
39 and actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
40 names of remote hosts and to reply to mDNS's A and AAAA requests from
41 the hosts.
fa8b4499 42
631b676b
LP
43 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
44 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
45 combination with After=) have been started.
46
d08ee7cb
LP
47 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
48 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
49 setting, and which system calls they precisely contain.
50
51 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
52 consisting of various file system related system calls. A group
53 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
54 calls. Finally, a group "@swap" has been added covering swap
55 configuration related calls.
56
57 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
58 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
59 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
60 right for specific service units to create additional file system,
61 networking, user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is
62 particularly relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered
63 namespacing related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
64
65 * .link gained support for a new AutoNegotiation= setting for
66 configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
67
68 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
69 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
70 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
71
72 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
73
74 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
75 permitted runtime of the mount command.
76
77 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
78 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
79 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
80 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
81 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
82 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
83 removed from the drive.
84
85 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be use to explicitly order
86 a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
87
88 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
89 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
90
91 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: --after and
92 --before. When specified for all queued jobs it is shown which other
93 queued jobs are waiting for it, or the job is waiting for.
94
95 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
96 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
97 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
98 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
99 if the used file system does not support file system snapshots or
100 reflinks the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
101 this should still be suitable for many usecases.
102
103 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
104 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
105 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
106 "The third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
107 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
108 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
109
110 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
111 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
112
113 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
114 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
115
116 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host,
117 that do not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
118 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
119 machine ID in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
120 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
121 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
122 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
123 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
124
125 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
126 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
127 including all control processes.
128
129 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
130 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
131 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
132
133 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
134 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
135 prefixing the source path with "+".
136
137 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
138 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
139 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
140 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
141 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
142 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
143 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
144 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
145
146 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
147 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
148
149 * systemd-nspawn's disk image dissection code has been updated. Among
150 other things it's not permitted to pass raw file system block devices
151 to the --image= option (in addition to images containing partition
152 tables, as before).
153
154 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
155 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
156 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
157 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
158 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
159 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
160 the new --root-hash= command line option).
161
162 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
163 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
164 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
165 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
166 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
167 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
168 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
169 existance, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
170 versions.
171
172 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
173 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator" permitting automatic setup of
174 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
175 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
176 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
177 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
178 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
179 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
180 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
181 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
182 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
183 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
184 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
185 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
186 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
187 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
188 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
189 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
190 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
191 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
192 a Verity-enabled root partition.
193
194 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
195 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
196 of unit files themselves (so that they resolve to the same regardless
197 where used in the unit files), but these options were due to the
198 existence of the Slice= option.
199
200 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
201 support for negative matching.
202
203 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
204 accelerometer quirks.
205
206 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
207 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
208 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
209 ID of each service.
210
211 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
212 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
213 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
214 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
215 view.
216
217 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
218 environment variables:
219
220 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
221
222 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
223 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
224 address.
225
226 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
227 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
228 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
229
230 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
231 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similar, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
232 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
233 for compatibility.
234
235 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
236 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
237
238 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
239 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes a
240 boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the system
241 may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
242 systemd.volatile=yes is used, the root directory will be mounted as
243 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
244 systemd.volatile=state is used, the root directory will be mounted as
245 usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
246 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
247 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
248 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
249 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
250 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though)
251
252 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
253 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
254 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
255
256 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
257 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
258
259 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
260 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
261 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
262 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
263 hostname of "fedora" when the user didn't specify anything
264 explicitly.
265
266 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
267 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
268 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
269
270 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
271 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
272
273 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
274 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
275 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
276 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
277
278 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
279 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
280 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
281 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
282 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
283 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
284 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
285 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
286 possibly even including full integrity data.
287
288 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
289 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /proc (collectively called the
290 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
291 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
292 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
293
294 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
295 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
296 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
297 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
298 directly with systemd-nspawn.
299
300 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
301 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
302
303 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
304 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google is now supporting
305 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
306 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
307
308 * coredumpctl gained new new "--reverse" option for printing the list
309 of coredumps in reverse order.
310
311 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
312 for collecting backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
313 scripting languages such as Python.
314
315 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
316 namespacing is enabled for them.
317
318 * systemd will not optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
319 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
320 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
321 user environment generator is shipped by default, that sets up
322 environment variables based on files dropped into
323 ~/.config/environment.d/.
324
325 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
326 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
327 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
328 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
329 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
330 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
331 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
332 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
333 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
334 Gianluca Boiano, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Ian
335 Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
336 Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Karl Kraus,
337 Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart Poettering,
338 Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de Vries, Maks
339 Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry, Mark
340 Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael
341 Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert,
342 Mirza Krak, Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter
343 Körner, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer,
344 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan
345 Bilovol, sammynx, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger,
346 Stefan Hajnoczi, Stefan Schweter, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
347 Taylor Smock, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Stoeckmann,
348 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski,
349 Waldemar Brodkorb, Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine
350 Imounachen, Yi EungJun, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
351 Александр Тихонов
352
353 — Santa Fe, 2017-02-XX
354
54b24597 355CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 356
4ffe2479
ZJS
357 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
358 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
359
6fa44114 360 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
361 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
362 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 363
4a77c53d
ZJS
364 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
365 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
366 to be remounted read-only for a service.
367
e49e2c25 368 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
369 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
370 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
371 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
372
6fa44114 373 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
374 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
375
376 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
377 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
378 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
379
4ffe2479
ZJS
380 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
381 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
382 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
383 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
384 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
385 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
386 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
387 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
388 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
389 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 390
171ae2cd 391 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 392 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 393 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
394
395 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
396 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
397 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
398 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
399
400 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
401 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
402 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
403 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
404
405 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
406 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
407
408 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
409 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
410 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
411 and the support is provisional.
412
171ae2cd
LP
413 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
414 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
415 unit files in the file system).
416
417 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
418 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
419 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
420 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
421 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
422 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
423 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
424 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
425 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
426 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
427 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
428 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
429
430 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
431 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
432 option.
433
434 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
435 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
436 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
437 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
438 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
439 else.
440
171ae2cd
LP
441 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
442 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
443 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
444 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
445 bootable on physical systems.
446
4a77c53d 447 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
448
449 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
450 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
451 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
452 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
453 used.
454
455 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 456 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
457 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
458 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
459
05ecf467 460 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 461
d4c08299 462 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
463 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
464 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
465 of the container).
466
171ae2cd 467 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
468 files from the specified location.
469
470 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
471 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
472 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
473 be active.
474
475 * The hardware database has been extended to support
476 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
477 trackball devices.
478
479 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
480 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
481 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
482
483 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
484 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
485 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 486
171ae2cd 487 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
488 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
489
171ae2cd 490 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 491 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
492 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
493 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
494 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
495
496 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
497 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
498 are automatically propagated to the container.
499
500 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
501 from a single IP address can be limited with
502 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
503 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 504
4a77c53d
ZJS
505 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
506 configuration.
507
508 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
509 drop-ins.
510
4ffe2479
ZJS
511 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
512 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
513 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
514 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
515 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
516 [Link] section of .link files.
517
171ae2cd
LP
518 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
519 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
520 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
521 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 522
171ae2cd 523 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
524 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
525 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
526
171ae2cd 527 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
528 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
529 .network files.
530
171ae2cd
LP
531 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
532 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
533 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
534 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 535
4a77c53d 536 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 537 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
538 has been traditionally doing.
539
540 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
541 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
542 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
543 prevent any later plugins from running.
544
76153ad4 545 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 546 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
547 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
548 default of SplitMode=uid.
549
4a77c53d
ZJS
550 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
551 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
552 useful.
553
4ffe2479
ZJS
554 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
555 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
556 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
557 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
558 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
559 individual namespaces.
560
171ae2cd
LP
561 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
562 the output, as well as OS release information.
563
564 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
565
566 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
567 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
568 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
569 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
570 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
571
572 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
573 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
574 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
575 severed.
576
577 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
578 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
579 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
580 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
581 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
582 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
583 information about exit statuses and results.
584
4c37970d
LP
585 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
586 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
587 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
588 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
589 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
590 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
591
592 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
593
594 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
595 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
596 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
597 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
598 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
599 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
600 entirely.
601
602 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
603 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
604 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
605
606 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
607 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
608 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
609 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
610 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
611 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
612 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
613 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
614 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
615 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
616 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
617 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
618 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
619 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
620 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
621 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
622 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
623
624 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
625 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
626 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
627 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
628
629 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
630 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
631 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
632 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
633
634 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
635 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
636 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
637 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
638 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
639 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
640 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
641 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
642 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
643 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
644 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
645 fragment entirely.)
646
647 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
648 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
649 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
650
651 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
652 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
653 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
654 FileDescriptorName= setting.
655
656 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
657 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
658 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
659 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
660 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
661 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
662
663 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
664 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
665
b4eed568
LP
666 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
667 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
668
669 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
670 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
671 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
672 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
673 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
674
07393b6e
LP
675 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
676 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
677 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
678 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
679 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
680 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
681 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
682 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
683 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
684 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
685 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
686 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
687 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
688 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
689 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
690 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
691 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
692 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
693 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
694 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
695 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
696 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
697 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
698 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
699 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
700 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
701
54b24597 702 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 703
5cd118ba
MP
704CHANGES WITH 231:
705
fcd30826
LP
706 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
707 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 708 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
709 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
710 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
711 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
712 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
713 independently.
714
715 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
716 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
717
718 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
719 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
720 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
721 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 722 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
723 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
724 values.
725
726 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
727 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
728 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
729 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
730 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
731
732 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
733 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
734 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
735 7:10am every day.
736
737 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
738 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
739 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
740 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
741 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
742 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
743 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
744 available for compatibility.
745
746 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
747 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
748 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
749 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
750 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
751 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
752
753 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
754 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
755 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
756 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
757 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
758 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
759 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
760 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
761 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
762
763 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
764 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
765 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
766 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
767 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
768 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
769 desired options.
770
fcd30826
LP
771 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
772 cgroupsv2.
773
774 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
775 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
776 limited to subgroups of that group.
777
778 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
779 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
780 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 781 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
782 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
783 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
784 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
785 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
786
787 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
788 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
789 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
790 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
791 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
792 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
793 own long-running services.
794
795 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
796 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
797 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
798 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
799
800 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
801 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
802 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
803 propagates this notification further to the service manager
804 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
805 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
806 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
807 primitives.
808
809 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
810 "terminate".
811
812 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
813 link-local IPv6 addresses.
814
815 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
816 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
817 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
818 --flush-caches".
819
771de3f5 820 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
821 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
822 is shown.
823
824 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
825 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
826 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 827 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
828 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
829 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
830
831 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
832 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
833 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
834 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
835 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
836 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
837 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
838 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
839 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
840 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
841 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
842 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
843 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
844 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
845 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
846 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
847 bus API instead.
848
849 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
850 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
851 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
852 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
853
854 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
855 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
856 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
857 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
858
859 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
860 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
861 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
862
863 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
864 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
865
866 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
867 interface configuration.
868
869 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
870 specifying the --force switch.
871
872 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
873 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
874 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
875
43a569a1
ZJS
876 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
877 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
878 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
879 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 880 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
881 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
882 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
883 to be handled.
884
885 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
886 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
887
888 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
889 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
890
891 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
892 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
893 of persistent symlinks for that device.
894
0f1da52b
LP
895 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
896 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
897
898 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
899 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
900 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
901 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
902 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
903 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
904 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
905 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
906 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
907 library.
43a569a1 908
fcd30826
LP
909 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
910 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
911 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
912 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
913 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
914 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 915 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
916 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
917 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
918 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 919
4ffe2479
ZJS
920 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
921 distribution's bugtracker.
922
38b383d9
LP
923 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
924 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
925 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
926 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
927 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
928 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
929 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
930 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
931 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
932 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
933 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
934 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
935 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
936 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
937 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
938 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
939 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
940 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 941 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 942
38b383d9 943 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 944
46e40fab 945CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 946
61ecb465
LP
947 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
948 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
949 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
950 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
951 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
952 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
953 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
954 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
955 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 956 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
957 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
958 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
959 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
960 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
961 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
962 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
963 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
964 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
965 applications.)
61ecb465 966
96515dbf 967 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 968 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 969 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 970
97e5530c
ZJS
971 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
972 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 973 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
974 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
975 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
976 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
977 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
978
979 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
980 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
981 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 982 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 983 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 984 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
985
986 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
987 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
988 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
989 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
990 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
991 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 992
95365a57 993 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 994 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 995
e75690c3
ZJS
996 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
997 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 998 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
999
1000 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1001
96515dbf 1002 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 1003 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
1004 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1005 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1006 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 1007
96515dbf
ZJS
1008 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1009 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1010 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 1011 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 1012
e40a326c
LP
1013 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1014 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
1015 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1016 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
1017 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1018 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 1019
e40a326c
LP
1020 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1021 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
1022 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1023
1024 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1025 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1026 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1027 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1028 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1029 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1030
1031 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1032 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1033 address.
1034
1035 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1036 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1037 should be emitted.
96515dbf 1038
e40a326c 1039 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
1040 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1041 supported.
1042
e40a326c
LP
1043 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1044 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1045 logging performance.
96515dbf 1046
e75690c3
ZJS
1047 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1048 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1049 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1050 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1051 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1052 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1053
1054 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1055 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1056 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1057 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1058
e40a326c
LP
1059 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1060 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
1061
1062 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1063 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1064 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1065
e75690c3 1066 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
1067
1068 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1069 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
1070 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1071 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 1072
e75690c3
ZJS
1073 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1074 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1075 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1076 refuse to operate on such files.
1077
e40a326c
LP
1078 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1079 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1080 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1081
1082 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1083 just hidden container images.
1084
e40a326c
LP
1085 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1086 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1087
e40a326c
LP
1088 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1089 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1090 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1091 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
1092 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1093 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1094 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1095 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1096 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1097 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1098 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 1099
25b0e6cb
LP
1100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1101 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1102 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1103 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1104 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1105 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1106 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1107 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1108 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1109 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1110 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1111 terminates.
1112
e40a326c 1113 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
1114 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1115 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1116 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 1117
030bd839 1118 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
1119 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1120 rate of the socket unit.
1121
1122 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1123 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1124 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1125 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1126 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1127
999a43f8
LP
1128 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1129 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1130 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 1131 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
1132 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1133 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1134 with this.
1135
e75690c3
ZJS
1136 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1137 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1138
1139 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1140 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1141
1142 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1143 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1144 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1145 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1146 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1147
1148 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1149 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1150 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1151
4f9020fa
DR
1152 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1153 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1154 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1155 target is now included in early userspace.
1156
e75690c3
ZJS
1157 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1158 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1159 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1160 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1161 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1162 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1163 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1164 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
1165 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1166 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
1167 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1168 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1169 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
1170 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1171 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1172 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
1173 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1174 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1175 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1176 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1177 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1178 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
1179 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1180 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1181 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1182 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 1183
46e40fab 1184 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 1185
61f32bff
MP
1186CHANGES WITH 229:
1187
d5f8b295
LP
1188 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1189 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1190 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
1191 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1192 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1193 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1194 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1195 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1196 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1197 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1198 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1199 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1200 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
1201
1202 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
1203 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1204 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1205 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
1206
1207 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1208 devices.
1209
a7c723c0
LP
1210 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1211 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1212 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1213 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1214 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1215 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1216 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1217 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1218 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1219 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1220 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1221 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1222 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1223 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1224 this limit.
1225
1226 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1227 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1228 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1229 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1230 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1231 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1232 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1233 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1234
1235 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1236 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1237 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1238 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1239 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1240 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1241 and group at package installation time.
1242
d5f8b295
LP
1243 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1244 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1245 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1246 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1247 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1248
8968aea0
MP
1249 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1250 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
1251 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1252 supports it.
1253
1254 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1255 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1256
1257 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1258 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1259 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1260 file is already initialized.
1261
1262 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1263 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
1264 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1265 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1266 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1267 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1268 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1269 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
1270 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1271
1272 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1273 working directory for the process started in the container.
1274
ed5f8840
ZJS
1275 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1276 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1277 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1278 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1279 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
1280
1281 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1282 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1283 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1284
1285 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1286 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1287 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1288 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1289
1290 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
1291 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1292 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1293 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1294 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
1295
1296 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
1297 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1298 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1299 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1300
1301 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1302 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1303 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
1304 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1305 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1306 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1307 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1308 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 1309 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
1310 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1311 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1312 by PID 1.
1313
50f48ad3
DM
1314 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1315 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1316 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1317 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1318 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1319 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1320 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1321 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1322
1323 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1324
d5f8b295 1325 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 1326 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
1327 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1328
8968aea0
MP
1329 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1330 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1331 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
1332 recent kernels.
1333
1334 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1335 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1336
8968aea0 1337 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
1338 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1339 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1340 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1341 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1342 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1343 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1344 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1345 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1346 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 1347 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
1348 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1349 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
1350
1351 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
1352 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1353 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1354 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
1355
1356 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1357
1358 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1359 sockets.
1360
1361 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1362
1363 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1364 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1365 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1366 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1367 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1368 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1369
1370 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1371 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1372 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1373
1374 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1375 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
1376 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1377 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
1378
1379 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 1380
3545ab35
LP
1381 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1382 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1383 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1384 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1385 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1386 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1387 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1388 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1389 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1390 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1391 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1392 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1393 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1394 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1395 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1396 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1397 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1398 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1399 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1400
ccddd104 1401 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 1402
a11c7ea5
LP
1403CHANGES WITH 228:
1404
a11c7ea5
LP
1405 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1406 files are now also available as properties to set when
1407 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1408 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1409 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1410 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1411 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1412 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1413 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1414
28c85daf
LP
1415 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1416 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1417 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 1418
f1f8a5a5
LP
1419 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1420 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1421 created transiently.
1422
a11c7ea5
LP
1423 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1424 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1425 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1426 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1427 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 1428 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
1429 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1430 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1431
28c85daf
LP
1432 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1433 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1434 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1435
a11c7ea5
LP
1436 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1437 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1438 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1439 enabled.
1440
f1f8a5a5
LP
1441 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1442 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1443 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1444 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1445 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1446 subvolumes.
1447
a11c7ea5
LP
1448 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1449 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1450
28c85daf 1451 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
1452 individual indexes.
1453
28c85daf
LP
1454 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1455 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1456 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1457 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1458 suffixes now.
1459
f1f8a5a5
LP
1460 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1461 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1462 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1463 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1464 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1465 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1466 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1467 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1468 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1469 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1470 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1471 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1472 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1473 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1474 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1475 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1476 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1477 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1478 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1479 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1480 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1481
28c85daf
LP
1482 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1483 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1484 links between the host and the container.
1485
1486 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1487 added that allows importing select environment variables
1488 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1489 the service.
1490
ddb4b0d3 1491 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 1492 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
1493 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1494 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1495 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1496 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1497 than until they first elapse.
1498
a11c7ea5 1499 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
1500 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1501 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
1502 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1503 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1504 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1505 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1506 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1507
28c85daf
LP
1508 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1509 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1510 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1511 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1512 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1513 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1514 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 1515 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
1516 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1517 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 1518
28c85daf
LP
1519 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1520 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1521 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 1522 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
1523 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1524 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1525 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1526 software you package still references it, as this is a
1527 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1528 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1529
1530 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 1531
d5bd92bb
LP
1532 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1533 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1534
a11c7ea5
LP
1535 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1536 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1537 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1538
b9e2f7eb
LP
1539 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1540 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1541 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1542 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1543 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1544 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1545 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1546 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1547 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1548 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1549 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1550 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1551 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1552 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1553 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1554 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1555
1556 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1557 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1558 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1559 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1560 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1561 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1562 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1563 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1564 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1565 surprises.
1566
28c85daf
LP
1567 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1568 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1569 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1570 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1571 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1572 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1573 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1574 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1575 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1576 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1577 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 1578 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
1579 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1580 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1581 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1582 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1583 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1584 of PID 1 is the root user).
1585
1586 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1587 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1588 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
1589 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1590 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1591 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1592 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1593 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1594 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1595 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1596 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1597 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1598 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1599 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1600 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 1601
ccddd104 1602 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 1603
c97e586d
DM
1604CHANGES WITH 227:
1605
1606 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1607 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1608 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1609
1610 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1611 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1612 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1613 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1614 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1615 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1616
d046fb93
LP
1617 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1618 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
1619 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1620 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 1621 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
1622
1623 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
1624 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1625 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1626 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1627 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1628 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
1629
1630 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 1631 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
1632 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1633 automatically.
1634
21d86c61
DM
1635 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1636 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1637 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1638
1639 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1640 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1641 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1642 for disk IO.
1643
1644 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1645 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1646 removed.
1647
d046fb93
LP
1648 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1649 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1650 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1651 configured in User=.
21d86c61 1652
fe08a30b
LP
1653 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1654 directory of the selected user by default.
1655
21d86c61 1656 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
1657 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1658 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1659 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1660 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1661 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1662 compat reasons.
21d86c61 1663
fe08a30b 1664 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 1665 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
1666 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1667 units.
1668
1669 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1670 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1671 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1672 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1673 level.
1674
1675 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1676 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1677 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1678 namespaces work correctly.
1679
1680 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1681 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1682 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 1683 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
1684 activation.
1685
1686 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1687 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1688 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1689 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1690 system instance in a container.
1691
1692 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1693 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1694 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1695 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1696 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1697 connections.
1698
1699 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1700 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1701
1702 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1703 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1704 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1705 processes attached, or similar.
1706
bdba9227
DM
1707 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1708 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1709 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1710
1711 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1712 specifiers like %i or %f.
1713
ce830873 1714 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
1715 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1716 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1717 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1718
bdba9227
DM
1719 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1720 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1721 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1722 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1723 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1724 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1725
d046fb93
LP
1726 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1727
0053598f 1728 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1729 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1730
1731 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1732 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1733
1734 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1735 .network files.
fe08a30b 1736
bdba9227
DM
1737 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1738 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1739 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1740 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1741 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1742 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1743 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1744 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1745 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1746 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1747 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1748 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1749 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1750 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1751 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1752
1753 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1754 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1755 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1756 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1757
91d0d699
LP
1758 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1759 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1760 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1761 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1762
1763 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1764 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1765 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1766 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1767 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1768 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1769
d046fb93
LP
1770 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1771 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1772 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1773 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1774 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1775 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1776 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1777 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1778 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1779 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1780 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1781
bdba9227
DM
1782 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1783 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1784
efce0ffe 1785 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1786
61e6771c
LP
1787 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1788 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1789 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1790 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1791 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1792 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1793 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1794 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1795 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1796 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1797 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1798 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1799 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1800 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1801 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1802 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1803 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1804 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1805
ccddd104 1806 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 1807
c9912c5e
DH
1808CHANGES WITH 226:
1809
5e8d4254
LP
1810 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1811 new features:
1812
1813 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1814 information. It may be enabled and configured via
1815 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
1816 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
1817 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
1818 is any) is propagated.
1819
1820 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
1821 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
1822 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
1823 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
1824 information is enabled between host and containers by
1825 default now: the container will change its local timezone
1826 to what the host has set.
1827
1828 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
1829 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
1830
1831 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
1832 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
1833 information back, even if the server loses state.
1834
1835 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
1836 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
1837 PoolSize=.
1838
1839 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
1840 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
1841 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
1842 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
1843
1844 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
1845 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
1846 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
1847 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
1848 'dbus-daemon' systems.
1849
1850 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
1851 for virtio devices.
1852
1853 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
1854 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
1855 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
1856 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
1857 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
1858 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
1859 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
1860 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 1861 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
1862 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
1863 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
1864 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
1865 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
1866 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
1867 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
1868 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
1869 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
1870 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
1871 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
1872 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
1873 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
1874 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
1875 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
1876 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
1877 grants them.
1878
1879 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
1880 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
1881 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
1882 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
1883 group tree.
1884
1885 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
1886 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
1887 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
1888 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
1889 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
1890 work correctly in containers now.
1891
1892 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
1893 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
1894
c626bf1d
DM
1895 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
1896 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
1897 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
1898 function call is particularly useful when implementing
1899 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
1900
1901 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
1902 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
1903 signal events.
1904
1905 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
1906 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
1907 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
1908 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
1909 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 1910
47f5a38c
LP
1911 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
1912 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
1913 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
1914 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
1915 nspawn command line.
1916
2f77decc
LP
1917 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
1918 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
1919 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
1920 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
1921 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
1922 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
1923 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 1924 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 1925
ccddd104 1926 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 1927
ec5249a2
DM
1928CHANGES WITH 225:
1929
5e8d4254
LP
1930 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
1931 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
1932 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
1933 shell directly without prompting for username or
1934 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
1935 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
1936 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
1937 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
1938 the originating session.
1939
1940 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
1941 options and allows other programs to query the values.
1942
1943 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
1944 longer enforced with this release. The previous
1945 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
1946 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
1947 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
1948 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
1949 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
1950 this release.
1951
1952 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
1953 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
1954 messages.
1955
1956 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
1957 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
1958 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
1959
1960 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
1961 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
1962
1963 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
1964 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
1965 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
1966 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
1967 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
1968 posteriori.
1969
1970 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
1971 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
1972
1973 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
1974 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
1975 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
1976 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
1977 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
1978 "lastlog" tools.
1979
1980 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
1981 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
1982 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
1983 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
1984 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
1985
1986 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
1987 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
1988 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
1989 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1990 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
1991 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
1992 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
1993 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
1994 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
1995 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
1996 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
1997 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 1998
ccddd104 1999 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 2000
11811e85
DH
2001CHANGES WITH 224:
2002
10fa421c
DH
2003 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2004 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2005
5e8d4254
LP
2006 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2007 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2008 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 2009
11811e85
DH
2010 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2011 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2012 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2013
ccddd104 2014 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 2015
e57eaef8
DH
2016CHANGES WITH 223:
2017
2018 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2019 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2020 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2021 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2022
01608bc8 2023 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
2024 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2025
2026 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2027 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2028
931618d0
DM
2029 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2030
2031 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 2032 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
2033 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2034
2035 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2036 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2037 decapsulated packet.
2038
2039 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2040 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2041 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2042 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2043 netlink attribute.
2044
2045 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2046 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2047 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2048 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2049
2050 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2051 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2052 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 2053
f5f113f6
DH
2054 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2055 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2056
e57eaef8 2057 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 2058 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
2059 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2060
2061 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2062 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2063 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2064 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2065 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2066 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2067
2068 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
2069 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2070 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2071 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2072 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2073 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2074 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2075 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2076 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2077 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2078
ccddd104 2079 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 2080
0db83ad7 2081CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 2082
861b02eb
KS
2083 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2084 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2085 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2086
2087 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2088 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
2089
2090 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2091 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2092 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2093 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2094 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2095
5541c889
DH
2096 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2097 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2098 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2099
9b361114
DM
2100 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2101 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2102 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2103 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2104 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2105
2106 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2107
0db83ad7
DH
2108 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2109 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2110 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2111 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
2112 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2113 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
2114 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2115 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
2116 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2117 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 2118
ccddd104 2119 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 2120
0f0467e6
MP
2121CHANGES WITH 221:
2122
470e72d4 2123 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 2124 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
2125 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2126 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2127 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2128 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2129 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 2130 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
2131 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2132 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 2133 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 2134
470e72d4
LP
2135 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2136 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2137 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 2138 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
2139 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2140 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2141 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2142 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 2143 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
2144 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2145 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 2146
470e72d4
LP
2147 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2148 2.26.
2149
2150 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 2151 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
2152 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2153 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2154 in README for details.
2155
2156 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2157 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2158 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2159 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2160 unit.
2161
2162 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2163 into man pages.
2164
2165 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2166 external project.
2167
2168 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 2169 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
2170
2171 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2172 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2173 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2174 state.
2175
2176 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2177 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2178 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2179
2180 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2181 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2182 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2183 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2184 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2185 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2186 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2187 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2188 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2189 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2190 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
2191 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2192 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2193 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2194 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2195 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 2196
ccddd104 2197 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 2198
481a0aa2
LP
2199CHANGES WITH 220:
2200
f7a73a25
DH
2201 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2202 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2203 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2204 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2205 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2206 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2207 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2208 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2209
481a0aa2
LP
2210 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2211 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2212 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2213 service consumed). This value is only available if
2214 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2215 in the "systemctl status" output.
2216
2217 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2218 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 2219 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
2220 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2221 previously was already the default behaviour).
2222
2223 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2224 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2225 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2226
2227 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2228 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 2229 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
2230 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2231
2232 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2233 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2234 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2235 journalling file systems that support external journal
2236 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2237 systems to be mounted.
2238
2239 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2240 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2241 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2242 stable release this should not be problematic.
2243
2244 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2245 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2246 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2247 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2248 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2249
2250 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2251 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2252 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2253 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2254 network switches.
2255
2256 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2257 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2258
2259 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2260 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2261 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2262
2263 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2264
1579dd2c
LP
2265 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2266 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2267 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2268 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2269 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2270 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2271 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2272 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2273 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2274 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2275 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2276 been fixed in v220.
2277
481a0aa2
LP
2278 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2279 systemd-networkd.
2280
2281 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2282 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 2283 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
2284 containers started from the command line.
2285
2286 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2287 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2288
2289 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2290 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2291 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2292 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2293
2294 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2295 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2296 when shutting down.
2297
2298 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2299 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2300 overlayfs support.
2301
2302 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2303 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2304 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2305 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2306 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2307 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2308 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2309
2310 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2311 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2312 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2313
2314 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2315 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2316 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2317 of v1 as before).
2318
2319 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2320 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2321
2322 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2323 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2324 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2325 their own sessions without further privileges or
2326 authorization.
2327
2328 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2329 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2330 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2331 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2332 accessible via a bus interface.
2333
2334 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2335 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2336 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2337 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2338 to cover this functionality.
2339
2340 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 2341 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
2342 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2343 disabled/masked also stopped.
2344
2345 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
2346 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2347 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
2348
2349 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2350 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2351 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2352 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2353 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 2354 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
2355 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2356 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2357 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2358
2359 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2360 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2361 system.
2362
2363 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2364 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2365 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2366 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2367 device symlinks.
2368
2369 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2370 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2371 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2372 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2373
2374 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2375 stick devices has been added.
2376
2377 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2378 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2379
2380 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2381 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2382 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2383 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2384 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2385
2386 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2387 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2388 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2389
2390 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2391 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2392 Debian.
2393
2394 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2395 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2396 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2397
2398 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2399 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2400 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2401 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2402 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2403 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2404 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2405 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2406 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2407 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2408 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2409 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2410 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2411 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2412 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2413 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2414 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2415 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2416 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2417 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2418 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2419 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2420 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2421 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2422 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2423 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2424 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2425
ccddd104 2426 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 2427
615aaf41
LP
2428CHANGES WITH 219:
2429
615aaf41
LP
2430 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2431 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2432 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2433 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2434 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2435 interface with and update the database.
2436
2437 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2438 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2439 before bytewise copying is done.
2440
2441 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2442 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2443 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2444 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2445 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2446 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2447 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2448 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2449 available on btrfs file systems.
2450
2451 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2452 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 2453 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
2454 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2455 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2456 systems.
2457
2458 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2459 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2460 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2461 mount point remains.
2462
2463 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2464 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2465 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2466 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2467 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2468 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2469 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2470 are disabled.
2471
2472 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2473 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2474 container to the host or vice versa.
2475
2476 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2477 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2478 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2479
2480 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2481 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2482
2483 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2484 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2485 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2486 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2487 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2488 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2489 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2490 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2491 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 2492 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
2493 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2494 make the functionality of importd available to the
2495 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2496 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2497 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2498 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2499 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2500 only fully supported on btrfs.
2501
2502 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2503 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2504 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2505 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2506 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2507 information about images.
2508
2509 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2510 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 2511 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
2512 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2513 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2514 legacy file systems).
2515
2516 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2517 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2518 shown in networkctl output.
2519
2520 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2521 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2522 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2523 processes as system services while interactively
2524 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2525 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2526 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2527 full login session, the difference being that the former
2528 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2529 setup.
2530
2531 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2532 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2533 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2534 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2535 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2536
2537 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2538 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2539 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2540 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2541 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2542 via qemu/kvm.
2543
2544 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2545 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2546 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2547 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2548 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2549 disk images, too.
2550
2551 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2552 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2553 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2554 integrate with that.
2555
2556 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2557 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2558 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2559 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2560
2561 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2562 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2563 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2564
2565 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2566 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2567 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2568 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2569 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2570 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2571 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2572 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2573 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2574 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2575
2576 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2577 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2578 files.
2579
2580 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 2581 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 2582 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 2583 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
2584 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2585 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2586 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2587 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2588 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2589 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2590 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2591 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2592 explicitly turned on.
2593
2594 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2595 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2596 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2597 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2598
2599 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2600 supported.
2601
2602 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2603 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2604 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2605 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2606 associated with a virtual machine or container
2607 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2608 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2609 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2610 output however.)
2611
2612 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2613 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2614 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2615 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2616 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2617 caller's session/user.
2618
2619 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2620 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2621 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2622 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2623 user services.
2624
2625 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2626 same way as unit files.
2627
2628 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2629 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2630 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2631 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2632 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2633 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2634 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2635 the host.
2636
2637 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2638 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2639 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2640 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2641 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2642 host.
2643
dd2fd155 2644 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
2645 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2646 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2647 updated to make use of it too by default.
2648
2649 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2650 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2651 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2652 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2653
2654 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2655 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2656 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2657 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2658 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2659 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2660 modification.
2661
2662 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2663 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2664 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 2665 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
2666 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2667 information about Touchpad types.
2668
2669 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2670 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2671
2672 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2673 Policy link field.
2674
2675 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2676 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2677
2678 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2679 ACLs on files.
2680
2681 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2682 tmpfs, automatically.
2683
2684 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2685 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2686 status" output, if available.
2687
2688 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2689 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2690 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2691 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2692 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2693 run on next reboot.
2694
2695 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2696 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2697 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2698 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2699 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2700 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2701 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2702
2703 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2704 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2705 after a configurable timeout.
2706
2707 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2708 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2709 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2710 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2711 it non-idle.
2712
2713 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2714 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2715
2716 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2717 each .network interface in networkd.
2718
2719 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2720 in .network files.
2721
2722 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2723 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2724
11ea2781 2725 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2726 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2727 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2728 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2729 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2730 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2731 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2732 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2733 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2734 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2735 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2736 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2737 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2738 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2739 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2740 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2741 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2742 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2743 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2744 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2745 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2746 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2747 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2748 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2749
ccddd104 2750 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2751
d4f5a1f4
DH
2752CHANGES WITH 218:
2753
f9e00a9f
LP
2754 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2755 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2756 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2757 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2758
2759 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2760 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2761 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2762 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2763 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2764
2765 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2766
2767 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2768 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2769 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2770 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2771 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2772 modified configuration after editing.
2773
2774 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2775 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2776 system preset files.
2777
2778 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2779 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2780 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2781 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2782 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2783 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2784 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2785 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2786 other contexts.
2787
2788 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2789 inhibitors.
2790
122676c9 2791 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2792 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2793 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2794 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2795 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2796
2797 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2798 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2799 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2800 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2801 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 2802 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
2803 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2804 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2805 parallel to journald.
2806
2807 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2808 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2809 available.
2810
2811 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2812 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 2813 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
2814 or are not older than the specified time.
2815
2816 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
2817 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
2818 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
2819 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
2820
2821 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
2822 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
2823 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
2824 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
2825 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
2826 communication.
2827
2828 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
2829 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
2830 services.
2831
2832 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
2833 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
2834 including their signature and values. This is particularly
2835 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
2836 the new "busctl tree" command.
2837
2838 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
2839 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
2840 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
2841 friendly way.
2842
2843 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
2844 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
2845 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
2846 race-ful way.
2847
2848 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
2849 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 2850 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
2851 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
2852 --link-journal=try-guest.
2853
2854 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
2855 stable MAC addresses.
2856
2857 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
2858 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
2859 the respective unit shall use.
2860
d4f5a1f4
DH
2861 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
2862 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
2863 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
2864 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
2865
b938cb90 2866 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 2867 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 2868 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
2869 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
2870 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
2871 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
2872
17c29493 2873 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
2874 details see:
2875
2876 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
2877
2878 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
2879 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
2880 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
2881 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
2882 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
2883 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
2884 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
2885 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
2886 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
2887 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
2888 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
2889 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
2890
f9e00a9f
LP
2891 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
2892 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
2893 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
2894 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
2895 bluetooth, ...) is used.
2896
2897 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
2898 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
2899 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
2900 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
2901 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
2902 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
2903 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
2904 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
2905
2906 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 2907 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
2908 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
2909 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
2910 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
2911 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
2912 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
2913 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
2914 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
2915 interface.
2916
2917 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
2918 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
2919 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
2920 luks.name= argument.
2921
2922 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
2923 (this was previously already available for scope and service
2924 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
2925 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
2926 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
2927 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
2928
2929 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
2930 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
2931 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
2932
13e92f39
LP
2933 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
2934 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
2935 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2936 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
2937 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
2938 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
2939 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
2940 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2941 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
2942 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
2943 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
2944 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
2945 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
2946 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
2947 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
2948 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
2949 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
2950 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 2951
ccddd104 2952 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 2953
b62a309a
ZJS
2954CHANGES WITH 217:
2955
78b6b7ce
LP
2956 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
2957 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
2958 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
2959 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 2960
a65b8245
ZJS
2961 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
2962 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
2963 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
2964 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 2965
b62a309a
ZJS
2966 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
2967 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
2968 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
2969 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 2970 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 2971 connection.
b62a309a 2972
78b6b7ce
LP
2973 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
2974 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
2975
2976 * User units are now loaded also from
2977 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
2978 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
2979 supported, but is under the control of the user.
2980
4ffd29fd
LP
2981 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
2982 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
2983 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
2984 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
2985 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
2986 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
2987 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
2988 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
2989 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
2990 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
2991 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
2992 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
2993 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
2994 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
2995 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
2996 question.
2997
b62a309a
ZJS
2998 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
2999 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3000 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3001
3002 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3003 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3004 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 3005 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 3006
78b6b7ce
LP
3007 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3008 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3009 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 3010 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
3011
3012 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3013 systemd-networkd.
3014
ba8df74b 3015 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 3016 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
3017 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3018
3019 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3020 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3021
3022 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3023 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3024 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3025
78b6b7ce 3026 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 3027
4bdc60cb 3028 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 3029 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 3030 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
3031 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3032 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3033 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 3034
c4ac9900 3035 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
3036 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3037 respected.
3038
3039 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3040 virtualization.
3041
3042 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 3043 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
3044 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3045 on.
b62a309a 3046
e6c253e3
MS
3047 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3048
3049 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3050
ba8df74b
KS
3051 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3052 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
3053 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3054 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3055 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3056 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3057 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3058
4bdc60cb
LP
3059 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3060 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3061 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3062 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3063 from the service's view entirely.
3064
3065 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3066 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3067
3068 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3069 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3070 session.
3071
3072 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3073 legacy-free systems.
3074
78b6b7ce
LP
3075 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3076 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3077 easily.
3078
3079 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3080 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3081 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3082 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3083 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3084 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3085 option.
3086
3087 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 3088 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
3089 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3090 /usr.
3091
f6d1de85 3092 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
3093 services, not only the main process.
3094
3095 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3096 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3097 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3098 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3099 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3100
3769415e
TT
3101 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3102 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3103 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3104 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3105 directly from now on, again.
3106
fae9332b
LP
3107 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3108 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3109 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3110 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 3111 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
3112 unit file enabling and disabling.
3113
cfa1571b
LP
3114 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3115 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3116 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3117 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3118 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3119 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3120 unnecessary or unlikely.
3121
7e63dd10
LP
3122 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3123 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 3124 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
3125 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3126
d4474c41
TG
3127 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3128 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3129 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3130 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3131 overwritten at runtime.
3132
3b187c5c
LP
3133 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3134 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3135 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3136 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3137 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3138 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3139 segmentation fault.
3140
4b08dd87
LP
3141 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3142 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3143 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3144 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3145 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3146 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3147 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3148 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3149 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3150 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3151 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3152 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3153 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3154 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3155 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3156 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3157 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3158 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3159 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3160 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3161 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 3162 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 3163
ccddd104 3164 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 3165
b72ddf0f 3166CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
3167
3168 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 3169 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
3170 implementations should add a
3171
b72ddf0f 3172 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
3173
3174 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3175 default functionality.
3176
3177 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3178 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3179 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3180 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3181 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3182 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3183 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3184 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3185 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3186 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3187 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3188 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3189 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3190
3191 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 3192 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
3193 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3194 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3195 expected to be added eventually, too.
3196
3197 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3198 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3199 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3200 new command to update these fields.
3201
3202 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3203 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3204 have been discovered via DHCP.
3205
3206 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3207 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
3208 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3209 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
3210 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3211 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3212 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3213 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 3214 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
3215 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3216 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3217 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 3218 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
3219 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3220 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3221 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3222 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3223 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3224 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3225 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3226
3227 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3228 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3229 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3230
3231 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3232 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3233 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 3234 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
3235 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3236 control utility for networkd.
3237
3238 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3239 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 3240 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
3241 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3242 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3243 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3244 (NoDelay=).
3245
a1a4a25e 3246 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
3247 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3248
3249 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3250 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
3251 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3252 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3253 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3254 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3255
3256 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3257 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3258 of the link.
3259
3260 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3261 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3262
3263 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3264 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3265
3266 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
3267 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3268 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3269 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
3270
3271 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3272 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3273 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3274 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3275 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3276 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3277 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3278 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3279
3280 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3281 validation of unit files.
3282
3283 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3284 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3285 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3286 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3287 address may now be configured.
3288
26568403
TG
3289 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3290 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3291 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3292 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3293
3294 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3295 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3296
3297 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3298 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3299 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3300 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3301
b2ca0d63
LP
3302 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3303 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3304 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3305 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3306 implementation.
3307
3308 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3309 journal data to a remote system running
3310 systemd-journal-remote.
3311
3312 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3313 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3314 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3315 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3316 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 3317 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
3318 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3319 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3320 version, you have to turn this option on again
3321 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3322
3323 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3324 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3325 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3326
3327 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3328 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3329
3330 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3331 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3332
3333 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3334 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3335 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3336
3337 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3338 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 3339 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
3340 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3341 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3342
01da80b1
LP
3343 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3344
3345 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3346
3347 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3348 when primary addresses are removed.
3349
b2ca0d63
LP
3350 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3351 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3352 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3353 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3354 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3355 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3356 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3357 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3358 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3359 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3360 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3361 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3362 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3363 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3364 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3365
ccddd104 3366 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 3367
3dff3e00 3368CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
3369
3370 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3371 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3372 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3373 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3374 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3375 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3376 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3377 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3378 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3379 require.
3380
3381 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3382 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3383
3384 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3385 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3386 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3387 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3388 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3389 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3390 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3391
3392 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3393 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3394 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3395 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3396 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3397 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3398 update or reset should use this condition and order
3399 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3400 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3401 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3402 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3403 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3404 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3405 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 3406 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
3407 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3408
3409 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3410
3411 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3412 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3413 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
3414 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3415
24a2bf4c
LP
3416 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3417 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3418 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3419 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3420 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3421 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3422 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
3423 .network files using settings of this section should be
3424 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3425 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 3426
c7435cc9
LP
3427 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3428 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
3429
3430 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3431 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3432 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3433 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3434 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3435 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3436 of nspawn instances.
3437
3438 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3439 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3440 added.
3441
3442 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3443 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3444 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3445 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3446 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3447 configuration stored in /etc.
3448
3449 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3450 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3451 parsing of unknown mount options.
3452
3453 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3454 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3455 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 3456 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
3457 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3458 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3459 pre-existing files of different types.
3460
3461 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3462 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 3463 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
3464 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3465 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3466 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3467 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3468
3469 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3470 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3471 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3472 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3473 shall be executed.
3474
3475 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3476 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 3477 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
3478
3479 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3480 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3481 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3482 reset.
3483
3484 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3485 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3486
3487 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3488 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3489 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3490
3491 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3492 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3493 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3494
3495 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3496 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3497 access to this group.
3498
3499 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3500 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3501 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3502 to the journal.
3503
3504 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3505 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3506 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3507 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3508 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3509 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3510
3511 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3512 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3513 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3514 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3515 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3516 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3517 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3518 the old name to the new name.
3519
3520 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 3521 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
3522 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3523
3524 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3525 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3526 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3527 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3528 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3529 "systemd-debug-generator".
3530
3531 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3532 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3533 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3534 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3535 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3536 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3537 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
3538 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3539 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
3540 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3541 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3542
3543 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3544 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3545 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
3546 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3547 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3548 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
3549
3550 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3551 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3552 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3553 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3554 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3555
3556 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3557 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3558 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3559 couple of drop-in directories.
3560
3058e017
TLSC
3561 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3562 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3563 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3564 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3565 for dev_port.
3566
c7435cc9
LP
3567 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3568 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3569 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3570 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3571
3572 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3573 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3574 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3575 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3576 Restart= setting.
3577
3578 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3579 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3580 directly connect to a specific container on the
3581 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3582 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3583 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3584 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3585 containers is a privileged operation.
3586
3587 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3588 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3589 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3590 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3591 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3592 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3593 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3594 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3595 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3596 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3597 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3598 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3599
ccddd104 3600 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 3601
4196a3ea
KS
3602CHANGES WITH 214:
3603
3604 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3605 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3606 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3607 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3608 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3609 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3610 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3611 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3612 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 3613 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 3614 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 3615 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 3616 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
3617 devices are excluded from this logic.
3618
04e91da2
LP
3619 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3620 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3621 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3622 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3623 change has been released.
3624
3625 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 3626 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
3627 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3628
ce830873 3629 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
3630 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3631 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 3632 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
3633
3634 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3635 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3636 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3637 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3638
a8eaaee7 3639 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3640 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3641
a8eaaee7 3642 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3643 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3644
3645 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 3646 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
3647 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3648
3649 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3650 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 3651 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
3652 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3653 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 3654 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 3655
cd14eda3 3656 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
3657 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3658 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 3659
ef392da6 3660 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 3661 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
3662 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3663 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3664 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3665 modifications of user data or system files from
3666 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3667 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3668
3669 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3670 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3671 and FIFOs in the file system.
3672
8d0e0ddd 3673 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
3674 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3675 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3676
3677 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3678 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 3679 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 3680 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
3681 the socket itself.
3682
3683 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3684 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3685 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3686 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3687 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3688 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3689 symlinks, and nothing else.
3690
3691 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3692 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3693 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3694 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3695 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3696 process (for example, the parent process). The
3697 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3698 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3699 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3700 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3701 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3702 messages to services when the originating process already
3703 vanished.
3704
3705 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 3706 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
3707 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3708 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3709 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3710 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3711 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3712 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3713 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3714 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3715 all long-running services.
3716
3717 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3718 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3719 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3720 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3721 service.
3722
3723 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3724 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3725 applied to all submounts, too.
3726
3727 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3728
3729 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3730 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3731 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3732 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3733 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3734 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3735 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3736
cc98b302 3737 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3738 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3739 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3740 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3741 (domU) domains.
3742
3743 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3744 files or entire directories.
3745
3746 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3747 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3748 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3749 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3750 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3751
3752 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3753 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3754 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3755 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3756 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3757 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3758 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3759 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3760 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3761 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3762 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3763 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3764
3765 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3766 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3767 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3768 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3769
3770 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3771 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3772 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3773 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3774 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3775 non-directories.
3776
3777 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3778 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3779 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3780
4c0d13bd
LP
3781 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3782 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3783 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3784 this group.
3785
dc1d6c02
LP
3786 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3787 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3788 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3789 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3790 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3791 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3792 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3793
ccddd104 3794 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3795
6936cd89
LP
3796CHANGES WITH 213:
3797
3798 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3799 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 3800 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 3801 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 3802 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
3803 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3804 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 3805 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 3806 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
3807 client should be more than appropriate for most
3808 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3809 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3810 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3811 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3812 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 3813 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 3814 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 3815 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 3816 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 3817 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 3818 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 3819
69beda1f
KS
3820 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
3821 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
3822 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
3823 part of a different namespace.
3824
3825 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
3826 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
3827 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
3828 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
3829
3830 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
3831 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 3832 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
3833
3834 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
3835 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 3836 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 3837 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
3838 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
3839 restart the service in question.
3840
3841 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
3842 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
3843 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
3844 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
3845 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
3846
3847 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
3848 graphs it generates.
3849
3850 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
3851 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
3852 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
3853 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
3854 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
3855
3856 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
3857
3858 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
3859 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
3860 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
3861 what it was on SysV systems.
3862
3863 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
3864 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
3865
3866 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
3867 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
3868 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
3869 files.
3870
3871 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
3872 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
3873 to show these addresses in its output.
3874
3875 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
3876 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
3877 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
3878 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
3879 preferred over a text one.
3880
3881 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
3882 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
3883 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
3884 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
3885 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
3886 mDNS cache.
3887
68dd0956
TG
3888 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
3889 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
3890 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
3891 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
3892 of network configuration performed in some other way.
3893
6936cd89 3894 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 3895 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 3896 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 3897 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
3898 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
3899
8e7acf67
LP
3900 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
3901 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
3902 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 3903 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
3904 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
3905 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
3906 overrides any other settings.
3907
3908 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
3909 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3910 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
3911 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
3912 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
3913 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
3914 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
3915 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
3916 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
3917 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3918 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
3919 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
3920 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
3921 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
3922 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
3923 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
3924 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3925
ccddd104 3926 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 3927
51c61cda
LP
3928CHANGES WITH 212:
3929
3930 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
3931 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
3932 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
3933 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
3934 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
3935 by accident.
3936
3937 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
3938 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
3939 registered with machined.
3940
3941 * sd-login gained new calls
3942 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
3943 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 3944 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
3945 counterparts.
3946
3947 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
3948 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
3949 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
3950 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
3951 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
3952 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
3953 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
3954 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
3955 once.
3956
3957 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
3958 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
3959 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
3960
3961 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
3962 units on all local containers, when used with the
3963 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
3964 executed when no parameters are specified).
3965
3966 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
3967 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
3968 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
3969 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
3970
3971 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 3972 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
3973 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
3974 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
3975 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
3976 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
3977
3978 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
3979 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
3980 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
3981 of the container.
3982
3983 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
3984 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
3985 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
3986 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
3987 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
3988 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
3989 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
3990 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
3991
3992 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
3993 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
3994 instead of /.
3995
3996 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
3997 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
3998 emergency messages now.
3999
4000 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4001 journal log messages across the network.
4002
4003 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4004 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4005 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4006 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4007 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4008 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4009 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4010
4011 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4012 down a local OS container.
4013
4014 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4015 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4016 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4017
4018 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4019 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4020 this is appropriate.
4021
4022 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 4023 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
4024 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4025
4026 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4027 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4028 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4029 for debugging purposes.
4030
4031 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4032 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4033 in seconds.
4034
4035 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4036 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4037 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4038 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4039 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4040 like on traditional inetd.
4041
4042 * A new system.conf configuration option
4043 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4044 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4045
b8bde116 4046 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4047 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4048 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4049 do these days).
4050
b8bde116 4051 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4052 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4053 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4054 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
4055 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4056 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
4057
4058 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4059 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4060 it will be triggered.
4061
4062 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4063 addresses to its local interfaces.
4064
4065 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4066 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4067 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4068 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4069 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4070 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4071 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4072 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4073 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4074
ccddd104 4075 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 4076
699b6b34
LP
4077CHANGES WITH 211:
4078
4079 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4080 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4081 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4082 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4083 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4084 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4085
4086 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4087 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4088 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4089 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4090 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4091 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4092 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4093 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 4094 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
4095
4096 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4097 matching against device group names.
4098
4099 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4100 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4101 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4102 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 4103 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
4104 though.
4105
4106 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4107 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4108 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 4109 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34
LP
4110 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4111 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4112 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4113 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 4114 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
4115
4116 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4117 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4118 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4119 (see above). This means that installations made with
4120 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4121 deployed using container managers, completely
4122 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4123 this feature soon, too.)
4124
4125 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4126 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 4127 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
4128 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4129
4130 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4131 using IPv4LL.
4132
4133 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4134 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4135 systemd-networkd.
4136
4137 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4138 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4139 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4140 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4141 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4142
4143 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4144 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4145 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 4146 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
4147 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4148 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4149 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4150 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4151 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4152 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4153 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 4154 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
4155 users.
4156
4157 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4158 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4159 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4160 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4161 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4162 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4163 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4164 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4165 due to a closed lid.
4166
4167 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4168 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4169 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4170 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 4171 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
4172 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4173
4174 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4175 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4176 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4177 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4178 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4179
4180 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4181 now also work in --scope mode.
4182
4183 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4184 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4185 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4186 promises are made.)
4187
4188 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4189 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4190 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4191 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4192 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4193 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4194 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4195 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4196 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4197 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4198
ccddd104 4199 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 4200
43c71255
LP
4201CHANGES WITH 210:
4202
4203 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4204 according to SMACK rules.
4205
67dd87c5 4206 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
4207 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4208
4209 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4210 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4211 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4212
4213 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4214 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4215 and machine ID.
4216
ed28905e 4217 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 4218 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 4219 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
4220 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4221 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 4222 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 4223 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 4224 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
4225 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4226 backpack or similar.
4227
4228 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4229 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 4230 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 4231 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
4232 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4233 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4234 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4235 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4236 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4237 this on its own.
4238
4239 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4240 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4241 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4242 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4243
4244 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4245 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4246 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4247 --network-bridge= switches.
4248
4249 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4250 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4251 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4252 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4253 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4254 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4255 each configuration option.
4256
4257 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 4258 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 4259 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 4260 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
4261 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4262
4263 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4264 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4265 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4266 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4267 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4268
4269 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4270 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4271 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4272 default however.
4273
b8bde116 4274 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
4275 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4276 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 4277 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
4278 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4279 them with systemd-networkd.
4280
d27893ef
LP
4281 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4282 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4283 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 4284 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
4285 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4286 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 4287 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
4288 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4289 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 4290 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 4291 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
4292 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4293 during a transitional period!
4294
13b28d82 4295 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
4296 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4297 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4298 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4299 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4300 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4301 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4302 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4303
ccddd104 4304 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 4305
e49b5aad
LP
4306CHANGES WITH 209:
4307
4308 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4309 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
4310 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4311 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 4312 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
4313 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4314 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 4315 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 4316 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 4317 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
4318 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4319 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
4320
4321 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 4322 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
4323 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4324 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 4325 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
4326
4327 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4328 shutdown/boot.
4329
8b7d0494
JSJ
4330 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4331 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
4332
4333 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4334 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 4335 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
4336 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4337
4338 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4339 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 4340 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 4341 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 4342 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
4343 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4344
dfb08b05
ZJS
4345 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4346 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4347 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 4348 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
4349 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4350 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4351 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4352 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 4353 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 4354
e49b5aad 4355 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 4356 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
4357
4358 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4359 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4360 implementation.
4361
4362 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 4363 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
4364 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4365 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4366 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4367 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4368 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4369 and .service units.
4370
4371 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4372 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4373 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4374
8b7d0494 4375 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 4376 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 4377 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
4378 nothing makes use of it.
4379
4380 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4381 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4382 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4383
4384 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4385 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4386 compatibility purposes.
4387
4388 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4389 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4390 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 4391 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
4392 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4393 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4394 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4395 process handling.
4396
4397 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4398 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4399 style to "sd-bus.h".
4400
7e95eda5
PF
4401 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4402 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
4403 "systemd-networkd".
4404
4c2413bf 4405 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
4406 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4407 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4408 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4409 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
4410
4411 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4412 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4413 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4414 PID1's support for that anymore.
4415
8b7d0494 4416 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
4417 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4418
4419 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4420 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4421 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4422 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4423 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4424 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4425
4426 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 4427 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
4428 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4429 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
4430
4431 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4432 login in any local container. This works with any container
4433 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 4434 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
4435
4436 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4437 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4438 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4439 system of some kind.
4440
4441 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4442 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4443 next.
4444
4445 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4446 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4447 reboot() system call.
4448
4449 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4450 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 4451 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
4452 still available but not advertised anymore.
4453
e49b5aad
LP
4454 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4455 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 4456 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
4457 within each Unit.
4458
270f1624
LP
4459 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4460 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 4461 the kernel).
e49b5aad 4462
4670e9d5 4463 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
4464 timestamps (following the setting in
4465 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
4466
4467 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4468 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4469
4470 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4471 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4472
4473 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4474 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4475 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4476
4477 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4478 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
4479 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4480 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
4481
4482 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4483 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
4484 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4485
4486 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
4487
4488 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4489 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4490
4c2413bf 4491 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
4492 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4493 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4494 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4495
4496 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4497 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4498 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4499 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4500
e49b5aad
LP
4501 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4502 of the legend text.
4503
4504 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4505 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4506 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4507 remote sessions.
4508
8e420494
LP
4509 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4510 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
4511
4512 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4513 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4514 the system manager.
4515
1e190502 4516 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
4517 short description of the connection parameters in the
4518 description.
4519
4c2413bf 4520 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 4521 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 4522 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
4523 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4524 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4525 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4526 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 4527
c0c5af00 4528 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 4529 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 4530 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
4531 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4532 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4533 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 4534 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 4535 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
4536 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4537
6300b3ec
LP
4538 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4539 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4540 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4541 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
4542 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4543 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 4544 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 4545 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
4546 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4547 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4548 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4549 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4550 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4551 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4552 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4553 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4554 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4555 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4556 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 4557 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 4558 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
4559 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4560 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4561
8b7d0494 4562 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 4563 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
4564 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4565 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4566 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 4567 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
4568 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4569 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 4570 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 4571 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
4572 APIs.
4573
4574 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 4575 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 4576 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
4577 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4578 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4579 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 4580
81c7dd89 4581 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 4582 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 4583 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 4584 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 4585 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
4586 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4587 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4588 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4589 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4590 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4591 one of them is updated.
4592
e49b5aad 4593 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 4594 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
4595 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4596 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4597 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4598
4599 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4600 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4601 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 4602 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 4603 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
4604 entry points.
4605
4606 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4607 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4608 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4609 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 4610 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
4611
4612 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 4613 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
4614 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4615 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4616
1e190502
ZJS
4617 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4618 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4619 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 4620
1e190502
ZJS
4621 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4622 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4623 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
4624
4625 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4626 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 4627 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
4628
4629 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4630 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
4631
4632 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 4633 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 4634 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 4635 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
4636 all remaining processes of the service.
4637
4c2413bf
JE
4638 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4639 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
4640 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4641 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4642 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 4643 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
4644 manager process which created them takes no further
4645 responsibilities for it.
4646
1e190502 4647 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
4648 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4649 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4650 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4651 marked executable or world-writable.
4652
4653 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 4654 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
4655 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4656 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
4657
4658 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4659 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 4660 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 4661 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
4662
4663 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4664 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 4665 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
4666 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4667
4668 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4669 with specific SELinux labels set.
4670
4671 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4672 any additional output but the container's own console
4673 output.
4674
4675 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4676 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4677
4678 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 4679 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 4680 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
4681 OS images, but only specific apps.
4682
4683 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 4684 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 4685 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 4686 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
4687
4688 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4689 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 4690 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
4691 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4692 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4693 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 4694
6afc95b7
LP
4695 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4696 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 4697 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
4698 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4699 units to use.
6afc95b7 4700
e49b5aad
LP
4701 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4702 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4703 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4704 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4705
4706 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4707 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4708 context for a service.
4709
4710 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4711 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
4712 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4713 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
4714 influence this logic.
4715
4716 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4717 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4718 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4719 other things.
4720
4c2413bf 4721 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4722 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4723 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4724 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4725 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4726 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4727 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4728 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4729 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4730 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4731
210054d7
KS
4732 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4733 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4734
e49b5aad
LP
4735 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4736 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4737 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4738 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4739 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4740 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4741 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4742 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4743 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4744 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4745 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4746 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4747 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4748 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4749 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4750 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4751 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4752 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4753 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4754 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4755 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4756 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4757 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4758 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4759
ccddd104 4760 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4761
cd4010b3
LP
4762CHANGES WITH 208:
4763
4764 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4765 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4766 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4767 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4768 access input and drm devices which are normally
4769 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4770 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4771 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4772 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4773 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4774 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4775 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4776 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4777
4778 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4779 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4780 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4781
4782 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4783 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4784 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4785 kernel version number.
4786
4787 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4788 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4789 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4790
4791 * This release removes high-level support for the
4792 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4793 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4794 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4795 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4796
4797 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4798 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4799 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
4800 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4801 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
4802 cgroup system.
4803
4804 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4805 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4806 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4807 logs among other things.
4808
4809 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4810 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4811 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4812 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4813 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4814 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
4815 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
4816 journald which would be necessary to resolve
4817 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
4818 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
4819 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
4820 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
4821 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
4822 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
4823 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
4824 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
4825 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
4826 not delayed until next reboot.
4827
4828 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
4829 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
4830 systemd generated files in one directory.
4831
4832 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
4833 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
4834 performance information if that's available to determine how
4835 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
4836 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
4837 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
4838
4839 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
4840 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
4841 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
4842 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4843 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
4844 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
4845 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4846
ccddd104 4847 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 4848
4f0be680
LP
4849CHANGES WITH 207:
4850
4851 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 4852 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
4853 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
4854 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
4855
4856 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
4857 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
4858 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
4859 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
4860 specified on the kernel command line less important.
4861
4862 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
4863 retrieve the VT number of a session.
4864
4865 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
4866 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
4867 maximum number of tries.
4868
4869 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
4870 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
4871 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
4872
4873 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
4874 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
4875
4876 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
4877 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 4878 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 4879
f3a165b0
KS
4880 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
4881 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
4882 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
4883
4884 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
4885 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 4886 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
4887 and type).
4888
f3a165b0 4889 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
4890 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
4891
4892 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
4893 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 4894 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
4895 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
4896
4897 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
4898 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
4899 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
4900 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
4901 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
4902 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
4903 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
4904 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
4905
4906 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
4907 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
4908 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
4909 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
4910
387abf80
LP
4911 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
4912 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
4913 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
4914 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
4915 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
4916 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
4917 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 4918
4f0be680
LP
4919 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
4920 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
4921
4922 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
4923 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
4924 automatically after the process terminated.
4925
4926 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
4927 certain paths from operation.
4928
4929 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
4930 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
4931 is received.
4f0be680
LP
4932
4933 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
4934 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
4935 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
4936 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
4937 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
4938 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
4939 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4940 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
4941 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4942 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
4943 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4944 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
4945 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4946
ccddd104 4947 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 4948
408f281b
LP
4949CHANGES WITH 206:
4950
4951 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
4952 concepts introduced with 205.
4953
4954 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
4955 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
4956 -r".
4957
4958 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
4959 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 4960 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
4961
4962 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
4963 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
4964 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
4965 the journal.
4966
4967 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
4968 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
4969 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
4970
4971 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
4972 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
4973 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
4974 browsing logs from that point on.
4975
4976 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
4977 of an FSS key.
4978
251cc819
LP
4979 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
4980 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
4981 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
4982 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
4983 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 4984 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
4985 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
4986 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
4987 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
4988 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
4989 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
4990 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
4991 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
4992 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
4993
4994 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
4995 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 4996 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 4997 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
4998
4999 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5000 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5001
5002 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5003 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5004
251cc819
LP
5005 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5006 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
5007
5008 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5009
5010 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5011 support for passing performance data via environment
5012 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5013 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5014 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5015 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5016 deserialize it again.
5017
28f5c779
KS
5018 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5019 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5020 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5021 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 5022
251cc819
LP
5023 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5024 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5025 completely silent shutdown when used.
5026
5027 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5028 option in .socket units.
5029
5030 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5031 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5032 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5033 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5034 system.slice as before.
5035
5036 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5037
5038 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5039 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5040 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5041 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5042 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5043 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5044 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5045
ccddd104 5046 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 5047
00aa832b
LP
5048CHANGES WITH 205:
5049
5050 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5051
5052 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 5053 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
5054 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5055 possible for system services and applications to group their
5056 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5057 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5058 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5059
5060 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 5061 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
5062 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5063 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5064 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5065
5066 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5067 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5068 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5069 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5070
5071 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5072 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5073 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5074 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5075 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5076 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5077 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5078 and useful as a general batch manager.
5079
5080 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5081 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5082 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5083 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5084 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5085 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5086 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5087 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5088 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5089 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5090
5091 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5092 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5093 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5094 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5095 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5096 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5097 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5098 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5099 is compile-time optional.
5100
5101 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5102 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5103 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5104 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5105 well as slice units.
5106
5107 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5108 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5109 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5110 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5111 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5112 command that wraps this call.
5113
5114 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5115 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5116 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5117 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5118 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5119 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5120 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5121
5122 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5123 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5124 off audit.
5125
5126 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5127 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5128
5129 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5130 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5131 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5132 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
5133
5134 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5135 snippets extending unit files.
5136
5137 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5138 not available as public API.
5139
5140 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 5141 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
5142 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5143
5144 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5145 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5146 controls what to boot into by default.
5147
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5148 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5149 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5150
00aa832b
LP
5151 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5152 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5153 about the unit file loading.
5154
00aa832b
LP
5155 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5156 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5157 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5158 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5159 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5160 racy due to journal file rotation.
5161
5162 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5163 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5164 all services.
5165
5166 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5167 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5168 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5169 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5170 system services want to log events about specific client
5171 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5172 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5173 unit is requested.
5174
5175 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5176 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5177 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5178 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5179 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5180 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5181 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5182 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5183 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5184 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5185 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5186 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5187 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5188
606c24e3
LP
5189CHANGES WITH 204:
5190
5191 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5192 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5193
5194 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5195 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5196 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5197
5198 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5199 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5200
2f3fcf85
LP
5201CHANGES WITH 203:
5202
5203 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5204 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5205
5206 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5207 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5208 fields, including the root directory.
5209
5210 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5211 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 5212 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
5213 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5214 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5215 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5216 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5217 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5218 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5219 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5220 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5221
5222 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5223 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5224
5225 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5226 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5227
5228 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5229 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5230 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5231 the local hostname.
5232
5233 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5234 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5235 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5236 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5237 VMs/containers coming and going.
5238
5239 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5240 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5241 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5242
5243 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5244 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5245 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5246 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5247
5248 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5249 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5250 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5251
5252 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5253 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5254 services. With the container's root directory in
5255 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5256 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5257
5258 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5259 the processes within a certain container.
5260
5261 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5262 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5263 check though. Patches welcome!
5264
5265 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5266 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5267 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5268 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5269 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5270
5271 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5272 the passed argument if applicable.
5273
5274 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5275 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5276 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5277 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5278 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5279 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5280 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5281 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5282
ef3b5246
LP
5283CHANGES WITH 202:
5284
5285 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5286 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5287 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5288 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5289 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5290 units activate.
5291
5292 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5293 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5294 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5295 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5296 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5297 for now, and not installable.
5298
5299 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5300 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5301 can run in conjunction with udev.
5302
5303 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5304 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5305 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5306 session manager.
5307
5308 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5309 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5310 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5311 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5312 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5313 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5314 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 5315 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
5316 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5317 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5318 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5319
5320 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5321
5322 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5323 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5324 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5325 logical expressions.
5326
5327 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5328 switches.
5329
5330 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5331 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 5332 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
5333 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5334 the user.
5335
cbeabcfb
ZJS
5336 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5337 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5338 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5339 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5340 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5341 an entry.
5342
ef3b5246
LP
5343 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5344 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5345 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5346 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5347 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5348 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5349
d3a86981
LP
5350CHANGES WITH 201:
5351
5352 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5353 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5354 directory.
5355
5356 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5357 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5358 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5359 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5360 problem.
5361
5362 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5363 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5364 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5365 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5366
5367 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5368 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5369
5370 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5371 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5372 files in this context are files such as
5373 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5374
5375 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5376 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5377 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5378 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5379 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5380 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5381
5382 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5383 hostnames.
5384
5385 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5386 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5387 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5388 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5389 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5390 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5391 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5392 all time-related output of systemd.
5393
5394 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5395 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5396 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5397 loops.
5398
5399 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5400 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5401
5402 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5403 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 5404 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
5405 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5406 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5407
5408 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5409 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5410 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5411 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5412 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5413 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5414 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5415
9ca3c17f
LP
5416CHANGES WITH 200:
5417
5418 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5419 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5420 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5421 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5422 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5423 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5424
5425 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5426 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5427 images.
5428
5429 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5430 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5431 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5432
35911459
LP
5433CHANGES WITH 199:
5434
5435 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5436
5437 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5438 security policy.
5439
5440 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5441 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5442 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5443 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5444 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5445 the same service can still access). When a service is
5446 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 5447 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
5448 this though).
5449
5450 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5451 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5452 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5453 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5454 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5455 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5456
5457 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 5458 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
5459
5460 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5461 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5462
5463 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5464
c20d8298 5465 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
5466 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5467 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5468 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5469 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
5470
5471 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5472 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5473 system is to be mounted.
5474
5475 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5476 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5477 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5478 purpose for socket units.
5479
6a7d3d68
LP
5480 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5481 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5482
a87197f5
ZJS
5483 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5484 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 5485 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 5486 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 5487 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 5488
35911459
LP
5489 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5490 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5491 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5492 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5493 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5494 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5495 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5496 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5497 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5498
85d68397
LP
5499CHANGES WITH 198:
5500
5501 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5502 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5503 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5504 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5505 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 5506 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
5507 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5508 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5509 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
5510 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5511 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
5512 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5513 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5514 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5515 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 5516 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
5517 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5518 for them too.
5519
5520 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 5521 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
5522 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5523 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5524 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5525 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5526 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
5527 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5528 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
5529
5530 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5531 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5532
40e21da8 5533 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
5534 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5535 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5536 other users.
5537
5538 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5539 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5540 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5541 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5542 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 5543 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
5544 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5545 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 5546 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
5547 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5548 supported.
5549
5550 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5551 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5552 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5553
5554 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5555 call.
5556
6aa8d43a
LP
5557 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5558 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5559 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
5560 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5561 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5562 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
5563 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5564 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5565 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5566 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5567 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5568 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5569 also been removed.
85d68397 5570
40e21da8 5571 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 5572 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
5573 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5574 objects themselves.
5575
5576 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5577
5578 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5579 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 5580 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
5581 to how this is supported in shells.
5582
5583 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5584 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5585 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5586 user systemd instance.
5587
5588 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5589 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5590 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5591 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5592 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5593 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5594 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5595 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5596 one day for good in the kernel.
5597
5598 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5599 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5600 container.
5601
40e21da8 5602 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 5603 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
5604 the host into the container.
5605
5606 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
5607 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5608 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5609 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5610 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5611 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397
LP
5612
5613 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5614
5615 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5616 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
5617 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5618 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
5619
5620 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5621 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5622 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5623 system resume events.
5624
5625 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5626 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 5627 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 5628 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
5629
5630 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5631 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5632 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5633 card).
5634
5635 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5636 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5637 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5638
bf933560
KS
5639 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5640 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5641 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
5642
5643 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5644 now carry a message ID.
5645
5646 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5647 continues to be work in progress.
5648
5649 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5650 root directory to operate relative to.
5651
40e21da8
KS
5652 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5653 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
5654 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5655 times a little.
5656
5657 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5658 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5659 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5660 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5661 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5662 request boot into firmware operations.
5663
5664 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5665 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5666 correctly in initrds.
5667
5668 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5669 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5670
5671 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5672 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5673
5674 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5675 the status of all active or failed units.
5676
5677 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5678 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5679 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 5680 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
5681 requests more robust.
5682
5683 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5684 reading journal files.
5685
5686 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5687 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5688
5689 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5690
5691 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 5692 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
5693
5694 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5695 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5696 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5697 socket activation in daemons.
5698
5699 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5700 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5701
43447fb7
LP
5702 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5703 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5704 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5705
85d68397 5706 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 5707 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
5708 system units.
5709
5710 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5711 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5712 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5713
5714 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5715 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5716 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5717 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5718 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5719 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5720 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5721 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5722 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5723 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5724 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5725 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5726 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5727 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5728 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5729 package installation time.
5730
5731 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5732 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5733 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5734 installation time.
5735
5736 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5737 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5738
5739 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5740
40e21da8
KS
5741 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5742 available.
85d68397 5743
1aed4590
LP
5744 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5745 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5746
85d68397
LP
5747 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5748 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5749 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5750 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5751 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5752 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5753 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5754 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5755 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5756 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5757 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5758 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5759 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5760 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5761
8ad26859
LP
5762CHANGES WITH 197:
5763
5764 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5765 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5766 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5767 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5768 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5769 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5770 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5771 the supported calendar time specification language see
5772 systemd.time(7).
5773
5774 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5775 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5776 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5777 document for details:
5778
5779 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5780
5781 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5782 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5783 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5784 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5785 dependencies.
5786
5787 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5788 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5789 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5790 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5791 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5792 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5793 with a configure switch.
5794
5795 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5796 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5797 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5798 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5799 such as ext4.
5800
5801 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5802 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5803 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5804
5805 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5806 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5807
5808 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5809 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5810 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5811 using only core OS tools.
5812
5813 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5814 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
5815 implementation of socket activated nspawn
5816 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
5817 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
5818 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
5819 eventually.
5820
5821 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
5822 presenting log data.
5823
5824 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 5825 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
5826
5827 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
5828 system on idle.
5829
5830 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
5831 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
5832 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
5833 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
5834 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
5835 information if possible.
5836
5837 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
5838 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
5839 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
5840
5841 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
5842 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
5843 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
5844 is running on battery power.
5845
5846 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
5847 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
5848 is in the "failed" state.
5849
5850 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
5851 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
5852 environment files at once.
5853
5854 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
5855 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
5856 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
5857 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
5858 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
5859 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
5860 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
5861 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
5862 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
5863 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
5864 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
5865 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
5866 pieces of code locally from the git history.
5867
5868 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
5869 log the unit name in the message meta data.
5870
5871 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
5872 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
5873
5874 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
5875 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
5876 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
5877 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
5878 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
5879 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
5880 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
5881 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
5882 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
5883 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
5884 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
5885 shipped from us upstream.
5886
5887 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
5888 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
5889 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
5890 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
5891 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5892 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5893 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
5894 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
5895 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
5896 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
5897 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
5898 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
5899 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5900
0428ddb7
LP
5901CHANGES WITH 196:
5902
5903 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
5904 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
5905 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
5906 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
5907 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
5908 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
5909 becoming the one central database for non-essential
5910 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 5911 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 5912 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
5913 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
5914 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
5915 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
5916 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
5917 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
5918 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
5919 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
5920 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
5921 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
5922
5923 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
5924 indexed database to link up additional information with
5925 journal entries. For further details please check:
5926
5927 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
5928
5929 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
5930 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
5931 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
5932 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
5933 macro for this purpose.
5934
5935 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
5936 Python logging framework.
5937
5938 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
5939 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
5940 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
5941 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 5942 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
5943 time intervals.
5944
5945 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
5946 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
5947 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
5948
5949 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
5950 right-away on the selected coredump.
5951
5952 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
5953 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
5954 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
5955
5956 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
5957 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
5958 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
5959 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
5960
5961 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
5962 default.
5963
5964 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
5965 SMACK security label.
5966
5967 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
5968 daylight saving change.
5969
5970 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
5971 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
5972 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
5973 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
5974 distributions who still need support this to either continue
5975 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
5976 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
5977
5978 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
5979 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
5980 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
5981 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
5982 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
5983 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 5984 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
5985 PolicyKit is not around.
5986
5987 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
5988 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
5989
5990 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
5991 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
5992 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
5993 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
5994 offline updating tools.
5995
5996 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
5997 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
5998 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
5999 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6000 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6001 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6002
6003 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6004 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6005
6006 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6007 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6008 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6009 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6010 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6011 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6012 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6013 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6014 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6015
139ee8cc
LP
6016CHANGES WITH 195:
6017
6827101a 6018 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
6019 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6020 units via --unit=/-u.
6021
6827101a 6022 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
6023 right thing.
6024
6025 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6026 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6027 rotation.
6028
6029 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6030 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6031 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6032 completion of journalctl has been updated
6033 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6034 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6035
6036 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6037 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6038
6039 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6040 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6041 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6042 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6043 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6044 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6045 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6046 completion.
6047
6048 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6049 extract coredumps from the journal.
6050
6051 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6052 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6053 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6054 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6055 scratch their heads.
6056
6057 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6058 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6059
6060 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6061 in immediate termination of systemd.
6062
6063 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6064 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6065
6066 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6067 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6068 mouse screen support has been added.
6069
6070 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6071 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6072
1cb88f2c 6073 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
6074 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6075 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6076 "systemctl reload".
6077
15f47220 6078 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
6079 -u" instead.
6080
6081 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6082 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6083 configured.
6084
6085 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6086 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6087
6088 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6089 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
6090 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6091 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6092 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6093 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6094 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 6095
f9b55720
LP
6096CHANGES WITH 194:
6097
6098 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6099 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6100 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6101 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6102 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6103 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6104 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6105 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6106 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6107 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6108 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6109 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6110
6111 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6112 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6113 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6114
597c52cf
LP
6115CHANGES WITH 193:
6116
6117 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6118 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6119
6120 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6121 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6122 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6123
6124 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6125 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6126 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6127 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6128 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6129 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6130 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6131
6132 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6133 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6134
6135 This will download the journal contents in a
6136 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6137
6138 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6139
6140 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6141 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6142 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6143 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6144 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6145
6146 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6147
6148 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6149 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6150
075d4ecb
LP
6151CHANGES WITH 192:
6152
6153 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6154 too.
6155
d28315e4 6156 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
6157 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6158 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 6159 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
6160 just start them.
6161
6162 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6163 and line break accordingly.
6164
597c52cf
LP
6165 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6166 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 6167
b6a86739
LP
6168CHANGES WITH 191:
6169
6170 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6171 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6172 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6173 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6174 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6175
6176 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6177 will default to 10 if omitted.
6178
6179 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6180 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6181 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6182 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 6183 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
6184
6185 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6186 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6187 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6188 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6189 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6190 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 6191 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
6192
6193 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6194 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 6195 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 6196 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
6197 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6198 into two.
6199
597c52cf
LP
6200 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6201 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 6202
0c11f949
LP
6203CHANGES WITH 190:
6204
d28315e4 6205 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
6206 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6207 "systemctl status".
6208
6209 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6210 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 6211 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
6212 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6213 field.)
6214
6215 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6216 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6217 default.
6218
6219 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6220 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6221 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6222 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6223 in a container.
6224
6225 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6226 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6227 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6228 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6229 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6230 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6231
6232 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6233 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6234 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6235 no-op.
6236
6237 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6238 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6239 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6240 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6241 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6242
6243 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6244 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6245
6246 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6247 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6248 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6249 command.
6250
6251 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6252 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6253 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6254
6255 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6256
6257 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6258 multiple files at once.
6259
6260 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6261 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6262 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6263 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6264 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6265 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6266 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6267
a98d5d64
LP
6268 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6269 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6270 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
6271
6272 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6273 dir: %_presetdir.
6274
d28315e4 6275 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 6276 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
6277
6278 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6279 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6280 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6281 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6282 anymore.
6283
aaccc32c 6284 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
6285 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6286 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6287 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6288
6289 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6290 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6291 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6292
6293 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6294 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6295 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6296 sockets.
6297
6298 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6299 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6300 is changed.
6301
6302 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6303 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6304 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6305 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6306 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 6307 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
6308 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6309
6310 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6311
6312 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6313 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6314
aad803af
LP
6315 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6316 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6317
6318 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6319 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6320 (%b).
6321
b6a86739 6322 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
6323 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6324 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6325 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6326 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6327 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6328 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6329
38a60d71
LP
6330CHANGES WITH 189:
6331
6332 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6333 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6334
6335 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6336 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6337 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6338 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6339 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6340 syslog daemons again.
6341
6342 * The libudev API gained the new
6343 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6344
6345 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6346 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6347 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6348 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6349
6350 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6351 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6352 container.
6353
6354 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6355 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6356 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6357 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6358 this explaining it in more detail.
6359
6360 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6361 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6362 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6363 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6364
6365 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6366 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6367 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6368 journal files.
6369
6370 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6371 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6372 as container init process a lot more fun.
6373
6374 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6375 entries.
6376
6377 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6378 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6379 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6380 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6381 different sets of services.
6382
6383 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6384 failure state.
6385
b6a86739 6386 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
6387 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6388 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6389
c269cec3
LP
6390CHANGES WITH 188:
6391
6392 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6393 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6394 tree a lot more organized.
6395
6396 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6397 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6398
6399 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6400 services.
6401
6402 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6403 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6404 filtering by log level now.
6405
6406 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6407 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6408 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6409
ab06eef8 6410 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
6411 command lines involving service unit names.
6412
6413 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6414 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6415
6416 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6417 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6418 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6419
6420 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6421 option.
6422
6423 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6424 a shutdown is cancelled.
6425
6426 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6427 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6428 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6429 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6430 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6431
6432 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6433 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6434 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6435 for display managers instead.
6436
6437 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6438 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6439 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6440 protection, and suchlike.
6441
6442 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6443 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6444 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6445 the service.
6446
6447 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6448 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6449 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6450 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6451 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6452 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6453
c4f1b862
LP
6454CHANGES WITH 187:
6455
6456 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6457 pages.
6458
6459 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6460 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6461 data loss.
6462
c269cec3 6463 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
6464 option.
6465
6466 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6467
6468 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6469 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6470
6471 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6472 specific directory.
6473
6474 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6475 messages of two different boots.
6476
6477 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6478 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6479 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6480
6481 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6482 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6483 disjunctions.
6484
6485 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6486 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6487 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6488
6489 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6490 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6491 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6492
6493 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6494 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6495 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6496 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6497 speed things up a bit.
6498
6499 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6500 header data of journal files.
6501
6502 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6503 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6504 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6505
6506 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6507 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6508 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6509 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6510
6511 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6512
6513 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6514 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6515 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6516 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6517
b5b4c94a
LP
6518CHANGES WITH 186:
6519
6520 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6521 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6522 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6523 prefixed with rd.
6524
6525 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6526 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6527
6528 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6529
6530 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6531
d1f9edaf 6532 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
6533
6534 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6535 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6536 as well.
6537
6538 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6539 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6540 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6541
6542 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6543 does the right thing. Example:
6544
6545 udevadm info /dev/sda
6546 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6547
6548 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6549 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6550 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6551 running.
6552
6553 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6554 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6555
6556 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6557 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6558
6559 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6560 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6561 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6562 files.
6563
6564 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6565 be stopped that is not loaded.
6566
6567 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6568
6569 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6570
6571 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6572 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6573 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6574 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6575
6576 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6577 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6578 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6579 completed initialization.
6580
6581 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6582
6583 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6584 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6585 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6586 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6587 distributions.
6588
6589 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6590 always valid when services log to the journal via
6591 STDOUT/STDERR.
6592
6593 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6594 command line options we understand.
6595
6596 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6597 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6598
91ac7425 6599 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
6600 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6601
6602 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6603 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6604 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6605 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6606
6607 systemctl status /home
6608 systemctl status /dev/sda
6609
6610 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6611 system.conf parsing.
6612
6613 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6614 Manager object.
6615
ce830873 6616 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
6617
6618 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6619
6620 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6621 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6622 complete.
6623
6624 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6625 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6626 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6627 systemd-fsck@.service.
6628
6629 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6630 Manager object.
6631
6632 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6633 work sensibly.
6634
6635 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6636 we actually understand.
6637
6638 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6639 additional capabilities to the container.
6640
6641 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 6642 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
6643 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6644
6645 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6646 the current boot only.
6647
6648 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6649 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6650
6651 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6652 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6653 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6654 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6655 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6656
c4f1b862 6657 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 6658
2d938ac7
LP
6659 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6660 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6661 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6662 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 6663
2d197285 6664CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 6665
2d197285
KS
6666 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6667 available.
6668
6669 * Several new man pages have been added.
6670
b5b4c94a
LP
6671 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6672 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6673 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6674 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 6675
b5b4c94a
LP
6676 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6677 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
6678
6679 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6680 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6681 Matthias Clasen
6682
4c8cd173 6683CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 6684
4c8cd173
LP
6685 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6686 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6687
6688 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6689 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6690 daemon.
6691
6692 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6693 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6694
6695 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6696 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6697 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6698 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6699
ea5943d3 6700CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 6701
187076d4
LP
6702 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6703 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6704 and systemd's most recent version number.
6705
194bbe33
KS
6706 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6707 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6708 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6709 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6710 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 6711 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 6712
91cf7e5c 6713 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
6714 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6715 subsystems.
64661ee7 6716
2d13da88
KS
6717 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6718 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6719 used to subscribe to events.
6720
194bbe33
KS
6721 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6722 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6723 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6724 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6725 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6726 forked by udev rules.
6727
f13b388f
KS
6728 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6729 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6730 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6731 it.
6732
ea5943d3 6733 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6734 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6735 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6736 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6737 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6738
ea5943d3 6739 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6740 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6741
6742 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6743 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6744 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6745 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6746
ea5943d3
LP
6747 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6748 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6749 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6750 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6751 to be used as drop-in files.
6752
6753 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6754 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6755
6756 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6757 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6758 about this in more detail.
6759
6760 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 6761 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
6762 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6763 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6764 from git history and add them downstream.
6765
6766 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6767 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6768 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6769 units.
6770
6771 * All smaller setup units (such as
6772 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6773 are run in a container and are skipped when
6774 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6775 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6776
6777 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6778 integrated, for details see:
6779 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6780
6781 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6782 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6783 messages.
6784
439d6dfd
LP
6785 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6786 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6787 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6788 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6789 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6790
6791 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6792 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6793 for all units started by PID 1.
6794
6795 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6796 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6797 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6798
3943231c
LP
6799 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6800 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
6801
6802 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6803 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 6804 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
6805
6806 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6807 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6808 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6809 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6810 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6811 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6812
6813 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6814 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
6815
6816 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
6817
6818 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
6819 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
6820 so sexy.
6821
6822 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
6823 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
6824 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
6825 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
6826 patterns.
6827
6828 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
6829 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
6830 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
6831 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
6832
6833 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
6834 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
6835
6836 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
6837 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
6838 in systemd now.
6839
6840 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
6841 ID on the command line.
6842
f8c0a2cb 6843 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
6844 for an init system.
6845
6846 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
6847 vt100.
6848
6849 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
6850
6851 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 6852 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
6853
6854 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
6855
6856 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
6857 container in other hierarchies.
6858
6859 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
6860 system.conf.
6861
6862 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
6863
6864 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
6865 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
6866
d28315e4 6867 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
6868 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
6869
6870 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
6871 locally generated journal files.
6872
6873 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
6874
6875 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
6876
79849bf9
LP
6877 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
6878 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
6879 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
6880 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
6881 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
6882 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
6883 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6884 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
6885 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6886 Gundersen
6887
16f1239e 6888CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 6889
16f1239e
LP
6890 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6891
6892 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
6893 KVM or container configured UUID.
6894
6895 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
6896
6897 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
6898
ab06eef8 6899 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
6900 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
6901
ce830873 6902 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
6903
6904 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
6905 folks
6906
6907 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 6908 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
6909 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
6910
6911 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
6912 configuration
6913
6914 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
6915 free fashion
6916
6917 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
6918 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 6919 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
6920 automatically generated data.
6921
6922 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
6923 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
6924 however.
6925
6926 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
6927 tarball.
6928
6929 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
6930 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
6931 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
6932 Reding
6933
437b7dee 6934CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 6935
437b7dee
LP
6936 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6937
6938 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
6939
6940 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
6941
45afd519 6942 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
6943 normal user logins.
6944
6945 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
6946 Biebl
6947
204fa33c 6948CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 6949
204fa33c
LP
6950 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
6951
6952 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
6953 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
6954 xsltproc.
6955
6956 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
6957 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
6958 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
6959
6960 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
6961 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
6962 reboot can automatically be triggered.
6963
6964 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
6965
6966 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
6967 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6968 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
6969
e0d25329 6970CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 6971
e0d25329
KS
6972 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
6973 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
6974 package update.
6975
b13df964
LP
6976 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
6977 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
6978 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
6979
6980 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
6981 complete.
6982
6983 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
6984 understood to set system wide environment variables
6985 dynamically at boot.
6986
e9c1ea9d 6987 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 6988
353e12c2
LP
6989 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
6990 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
6991 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
6992 files.
6993
b13df964
LP
6994 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6995 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
6996 William Douglas
6997
d26e4270 6998CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 6999
d26e4270
LP
7000 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7001
7002 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7003 "Result" D-Bus property.
7004
7005 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7006 the next few releases.)
7007
7008 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7009 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7010 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7011 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7012
b13df964
LP
7013 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7014 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7015 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7016
220a21d3 7017CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 7018
220a21d3
LP
7019 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7020 bugfixes.
7021
7022 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7023 resource usage.
7024
7025 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7026 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7027 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7028 journals by the respective users.
7029
7030 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7031 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7032 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7033
7034 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7035 client for all entries.
7036
7037 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7038
7039 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7040 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7041
7042 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7043 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7044 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7045 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7046
7047 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7048 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7049 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7050
7051 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7052 journal along with meta data.
7053
7054 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7055 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7056 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7057
7058 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7059 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7060 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7061
7062 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7063
7064 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7065 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7066 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7067 or fsck.
7068
d28315e4 7069 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
7070 requested with new -k switch.
7071
7072 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7073 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7074
7075CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 7076
220a21d3
LP
7077 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7078 bugfixes.
7079
7080 * The git repository moved to:
7081 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7082 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7083
7084 * First release with the journal
7085 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7086
7087 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7088 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7089
7090 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7091
7092 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7093
7094 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7095 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7096 remote mounts.
7097
7098 * Added Mageia support
7099
7100 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7101
7102 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7103 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7104 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7105 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7106 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7107
7108 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7109 of existing distributions.
7110
7111 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7112 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7113
7114 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7115 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7116 boot.
7117
7118 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7119
7120 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7121 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7122 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7123 among other things.
7124
7125 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7126 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7127
7128 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7129
ce830873 7130 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
7131 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7132 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7133
7134 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7135 restored.
7136
7137 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7138 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7139 kmod
7140
d28315e4 7141 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
7142 of /usr/local by default.
7143
7144 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7145 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7146 in:
7147 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7148
7149 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7150 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7151 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7152 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7153 supported anyway, and bad style).
7154
7155 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7156 reloading of units together.
7157
4c8cd173 7158 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
7159 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7160 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7161 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7162 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek